<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
					xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
					xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
					xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
				  >
<channel>
<atom:link rel="self"  type="application/rss+xml"  href="http://rulinux.net/rss_from_sect_1_subsect_3_thread_3846"  />
<title>rulinux.net - Новости - OpenSource - DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>http://rulinux.net/</link>
<description><![CDATA[Портал о GNU/Linux и не только]]></description>
<image><title>rulinux.net - Новости - OpenSource - DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>http://rulinux.net/</link>
<url>http://rulinux.net/rss_icon.png</url>
</image>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=3#22227</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=3#22227</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2009 13:24:56 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>А потом туда встроят скачивание обложек, видеоплеер, медиа-библиотеку и браузер, и получится очередная вундервафля. </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=3#22226</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=3#22226</guid>
<pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2009 08:52:46 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Очевидно, тупизм разрабов.</p><p>каким боком тут разрабы? обоснуй невозможность добавить "файл из любого места" в "текстовую бд" пожалуйста</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Буквоед? И где тут написано про целиком? Опять глюки?</p><p>ты глюк. Там что-то про про половину? или про треть? Так ведь и написато "добавить _файл_". Хош, ещё раз процитирую?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Так уж послушали. moc всё это умеет и даже больше.</p><p>это он хшё умеет. Там нету случайно списка файлов в оперативе, который, при его записи в виде файла, можно бует заклеймить "текстовой бд"?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22225</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22225</guid>
<pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2009 08:20:38 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;и что тебе мешает добавлять файл из любого места в "текстовую бд"?</p><p>Очевидно, тупизм разрабов.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtи хто тут придумал файлы в БД добавлять?</p><p>Буквоед? И где тут написано про целиком? Опять глюки?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtдавай послушаем ещё автора, доставляет</p><p>Так уж послушали. moc всё это умеет и даже больше.</p><p></p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22224</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22224</guid>
<pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2009 05:38:50 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Да практически ни чем, кроме возможности добавлять файл в плейлист из любого места.</p><p>и что тебе мешает добавлять файл из любого места в "текстовую бд"?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt копирование файлов целиком в бд - полностью твоя идея.</p><p>ты видимо write-only бот без запоминания предыдущих состояний. Процитирую-ка я тебя самого:</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Он файлы без добавления в БД играть научился? Нет? Закапывайте!!!</p><p>и хто тут придумал файлы в БД добавлять?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Копирование файлов в бд целиком можно оправдать невозможностью их воспроизведения напрямую.</p><p>наверное у автора идеи приготовлена специальная БД с чудесной командой 'PLAYненапрямую mymp3file FROM mymp3files WHERE NOT сёдняещёнеслушал IS NULL'</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Ну может автор идеи имеет более достойное объяснение?</p><p>давай послушаем ещё автора, доставляет</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22223</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22223</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 15:28:20 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Я говорил про какой-нибудь плейер?</p><p>Зато я говорил. Этого не достаточно?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtДумаю, в продолжении разговора нету смысла.</p><p>Выходит, что ты просто хотел поговорить. Прозреваю дефицит общения. Как я раньше не додумался, олололо</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22222</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22222</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 14:53:30 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Для плеера?</p><p>Я говорил про какой-нибудь плейер? </p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Это относится только к тебе.</p><p>Думаю, в продолжении разговора нету смысла.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22221</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22221</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 14:30:59 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Глупо рекомендовать его как альтернативу базе данных.</p><p>Для плеера? Чем оракел в амарок лучше файловой системы. По пунктам и с примерами. </p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtДругими словами, ты опять пустозвонишь.</p><p>Это относится только к тебе.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22220</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22220</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 12:53:22 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Моё. А теперь обоснуй в чём глупость использования файловый системы на базе fuse для чтения тегов?</p><p>Глупо рекомендовать его как альтернативу базе данных. </p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Оно внутри тебя. Присмотрись внимательнее.</p><p>Другими словами, ты опять пустозвонишь. </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22219</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22219</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 12:22:00 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Это разве не твоё творчество? У нас пока ещё не так много неадекватых анонимусов из-под мандривы:</p><p>Моё. А теперь обоснуй в чём глупость использования файловый системы на базе fuse для чтения тегов?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtВ чём заключается пиздёж и провокация?</p><p>Оно внутри тебя. Присмотрись внимательнее.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22218</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22218</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 12:15:34 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Ты глупый че-ли? Все морды юзают mplayer -slave через трубу.</p><p>Ух блджад. Родная юзает сишные функции напярмую, лол. А с парсингом выхлопа пусть дети играют.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22217</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22217</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 09:06:39 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;&gt; Ну вот и не пиши всякие глупости про фьюз.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt В каком месте? Может процитируешь?</p><p>Это разве не твоё творчество? У нас пока ещё не так много неадекватых анонимусов из-под мандривы:</p><p><fieldset style="border: 1px dashed black; padding:0px;"><ol style="background-color:#3d3d3d;" start="1"><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;Весьма голословное утверждение. man fuse, нуб.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;anonymous (*) (26.08.2009 12:46:06)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;(Mozilla/5.0 (X11; U; Linux i686; ru-RU; rv:1.9.0.11) Gecko/2009061622 Mandriva/1.9.0.11-0.1mdv2009.1 (2009.1) Firefox/3.0.11)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;</ol></fieldset></p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Пиздёжь и провокация!</p><p>В чём заключается пиздёж и провокация? </p><p>
</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22216</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22216</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 08:49:59 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; mplayer не соответствует идеологии морда отдельно-гуй отдельно</p><p>Ты глупый че-ли? Все морды юзают mplayer -slave через трубу.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22215</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22215</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 20:52:14 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Ну, мантейнеры твоего дистра сорали мплеер с ГТК. Мантейнеры Федоры, например, без ГТК. Скачай, отконфигури, собери и будет у тебя кошерный мплеер как в федоре, чего вой-то подымать? Кстати какой у тебя дистр?</p><p>Я догадывался, что лечится это пересборкой, но один фиг mplayer не соответствует идеологии морда отдельно-гуй отдельно</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22214</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22214</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 20:27:13 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Да ну?</p><p>Ну, мантейнеры твоего дистра сорали мплеер с ГТК. Мантейнеры Федоры, например, без ГТК. Скачай, отконфигури, собери и будет у тебя кошерный мплеер как в федоре, чего вой-то подымать? Кстати какой у тебя дистр? </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22213</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22213</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 20:25:56 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;если мышкой вазюкать хочется - то самое оно, а выхлоп оно не парсит, кстати</p><p>Да? Тогда для чего там столько регулярок? Для густоты мыслей?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gti mplayer-nogui - The Ultimate Movie Player For Linux</p><p>Ну собрали без гуя. Специально для тулкитофобов.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22212</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22212</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 20:19:43 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;может ты путаешь с gmplayer?</p><p>Да ну?</p><p>[anon@localhost ~]$ ldd /usr/bin/mplayer | grep gtk
        libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 =&gt; /usr/lib/libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 (0xb778b000)
[anon@localhost ~]$ ldd /usr/bin/gmplayer | grep gtk
        libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 =&gt; /usr/lib/libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 (0xb7736000)
[anon@localhost ~]$
</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22211</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22211</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 20:17:01 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Ну вот и не пиши всякие глупости про фьюз.</p><p>В каком месте? Может процитируешь?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtНадо же не собирался, а обсудил. Больше так не делай :)</p><p>Пиздёжь и провокация!</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22210</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22210</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 18:04:22 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Знаешь, меня этот вопрос не интересует. Ровно как и вопросы возникновения Вселенной.</p><p>Ну вот и не пиши всякие глупости про фьюз.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Да? Посмотри ещё раз тему. Общие вопросы использования бд я обсуждать и не собирался.</p><p>Надо же не собирался, а обсудил. Больше так не делай :)</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22209</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22209</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 18:00:44 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>И у меня такой же выхлоп. И даже под кубунтою вроде разные сборки были.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22208</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22208</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 18:00:23 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Трололо, выкинуть бубунту с дебианом, федору, арч и генту?</p><p>арч и гента пересобираются как надо</p><p>насчет дебиана 4.2, я как раз на нем и сижу</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtИ какой в нём смысл?</p><p>если мышкой вазюкать хочется - то самое оно, а выхлоп оно не парсит, кстати</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtВыхлоп ldd /usr/bin/mplayer | grep gtk в студию!</p><p>не поверишь, пусто</p><p>также</p><p>aptitude search mplayer | grep ^i                                                                     </p><p>i   mplayer-nogui                   - The Ultimate Movie Player For Linux       
i   smplayer                        - Оболочка для MPlayer                </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22207</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22207</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 17:38:59 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>может ты путаешь с  gmplayer?</p><p><fieldset style="border: 1px dashed black; padding:0px;"><ol style="background-color:#3d3d3d;" start="1"><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;[michael@totechotdel ~]$ ldd /usr/bin/mplayer | grep gtk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;[michael@totechotdel ~]$<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;[michael@totechotdel ~]$ ldd /usr/bin/gmplayer | grep gtk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;        libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 =&gt;; /usr/lib/libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0 (0xb7656000)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;[michael@totechotdel ~]$</ol></fieldset>
</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22206</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22206</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 17:31:09 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;4.2, или выкиньте свой дистр в таком случае</p><p>Трололо, выкинуть бубунту с дебианом, федору, арч и генту?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtИ, да, smplayer удобнее gmplayer, и развивается.</p><p>И какой в нём смысл? Тратить проц на парсинг выхлопа?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtp.s. /me пользует чистый mplayer, без морд</p><p>Выхлоп ldd /usr/bin/mplayer | grep gtk в студию!</p><p>
</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22205</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22205</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 17:11:45 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Один фиг mplayer собран с гытыка</p><p>4.2, или выкиньте свой дистр в таком случае</p><p>А в нормальных дистрах есть выбор.</p><p>И, да, smplayer удобнее gmplayer, и развивается.</p><p>
p.s. /me пользует чистый mplayer, без морд</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22204</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22204</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 16:47:46 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;из терабайтного архива фоток на файловой системе </p><p>Знаешь, меня этот вопрос не интересует. Ровно как и вопросы возникновения Вселенной.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtЯ где-то сказал слово \"mpd\"?</p><p>Да? Посмотри ещё раз тему. Общие вопросы использования бд я обсуждать и не собирался. </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22203</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22203</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 16:37:47 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;внезапно, чем это отличается от mpd\\'шного образа \\"текстовой бд\\"?</p><p>Да практически ни чем, кроме возможности добавлять файл в плейлист из любого места.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtЛучше/хуже это философский вопрос, а привелегия нести бред в этой ветке целиком предоставлена тебе.</p><p>Много ты на философов свалил. И заметь, копирование файлов целиком в бд - полностью твоя идея.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtинтересная мысль. И как же?</p><p>Это очевидно. Копирование файлов в бд целиком можно оправдать невозможностью их воспроизведения напрямую. Ну может автор идеи имеет более достойное объяснение?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22202</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22202</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 16:34:22 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; В одну фс всё запихать не судьба? </p><p>Судьба, но есть более производительные базы данных с более универсальным синтаксисом. 
Например х/з сколько тебе потребуется сторонних утилит заюзать что бы выцепить из терабайтного архива фоток на файловой системе названия/id снимков, сделанных в заданном месте и сопоставить их с традиционной музыкой из заданного региона, лежащей в другом архиве например, в то время как в современной БД это делается одной командой SELECT, ну может двумя - если ты будешь работать с набором полученных снимков независимо от набора аудиозаписей :) </p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Алсо взгляни на mpd. Реляционной бд там даже и не пахнет, лол.</p><p>Я где-то сказал слово "mpd"?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22201</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22201</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 16:13:16 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Потом пишешь exiffs и т.д и т.п для каждого формата. И это в двадцать-то первом веке, когда человечество уже изобрело реляционные базы данных!?</p><p>В одну фс всё запихать не судьба? Алсо взгляни на mpd. Реляционной бд там даже и не пахнет, лол.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22200</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22200</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 15:45:35 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Внезапно, в оперативной памяти компа.</p><p>внезапно, чем это отличается от mpd'шного образа "текстовой бд"?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Думаешь текущее положение дел лучше твоего бреда?</p><p>Лучше/хуже это философский вопрос, а привелегия нести бред в этой ветке целиком предоставлена тебе.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt По крайней мере елси бы так было, то эта операция была бы хоть чем-то логически обоснованна.</p><p>интересная мысль. И как же?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22199</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22199</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 15:40:46 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>Потом пишешь exiffs и т.д и т.п для каждого формата. И это в двадцать-то первом веке, когда человечество уже изобрело реляционные базы данных!?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22198</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22198</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 15:34:24 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Нет, поясни. Fuse предлагает какие-то опции для работы с метаданными или что?</p><p>А почему бы и нет? Берёшь и пишешь id3fs</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22197</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22197</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:52:38 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Вообще то я имел ввиду бд в контексте плееров. Но при наличии фс и fuse она не нужна. Догадаешься, почему?</p><p>Нет, поясни. Fuse предлагает какие-то опции для работы с метаданными или что? </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22196</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22196</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:25:35 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;А что не играются файлы без базы - ДА ПРАВИЛЬНО ДЕЛАЕТ БЛИН. А не разводи помойку, а сразу ложи файл в каталог с музыкой.</p><p>Удалять гланды через жопу оказывается не только удобно, но и полезно!</p><p></p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22195</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22195</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:17:01 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Я вообще бы ПОЧТИ ВСЕ программы повелел разделить на морду и задницу^Wбэкенд.</p><p>Имхо, бред и провокация. Одно дело - вынести в сишную библиотеку, другое - дёргать через пайп и т.п., угробляя циклы процессора на никому ненужную хуйню.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22194</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22194</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:14:14 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;И я так до сих пор и не понял, зачем ты всех тут напряг лазать искать этот ман, что мы там должны были вычитать?</p><p>Вообще то я имел ввиду бд в контексте плееров. Но при наличии фс и fuse она не нужна. Догадаешься, почему?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22193</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22193</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:11:56 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Ты сам отквотил то, на что ты отвечаешь. И это было вовсе не название топика.</p><p>Ну если ты имел ввиду вопрос возникновения вселенной в теме про плеер, то кто же виноват, лол.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22192</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22192</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 14:02:25 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; ЧТОБЫ ИГРАЛКА НЕ ЗАВИСЕЛА ОТ МОРДЫ!!!</p><p>И что? Я сам писал что морда д/б отдельно, а игралка - отдельно.</p><p>А потом, по другому поводу написал, что файловая система - это разновидность БД, только тупая и бессмыссленная по сравнению с современными СУБД. На что ты мне ответил "man fuse".
И я так до сих пор и не понял, зачем ты всех тут напряг лазать искать этот ман, что мы там должны были вычитать?
</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: [Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!] Зачем нужен mpd для чаиников</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22191</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22191</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 13:48:51 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>ЧТОБЫ ИГРАЛКА НЕ ЗАВИСЕЛА ОТ МОРДЫ!!!</p><p>Я вообще бы ПОЧТИ ВСЕ программы повелел разделить на морду и задницу^Wбэкенд. А то задрали мне тут сраться жтк против кутэ.</p><p>И база в плеере - тож полезная фича. Вот когда всё это работать на уровне ФС, тогда уберут её из mpd, а пока всё, что есть - поделки. И не суйте мне своё fuse, во-первых, я сказал, студенческие поделки, во-вторых, данные лишний раз гонять из кёрнелспейса в юзерспейс и обратно - я уж лучше гентой процессор займу.</p><p>А что не играются файлы без базы - ДА ПРАВИЛЬНО ДЕЛАЕТ БЛИН. А не разводи помойку, а сразу ложи файл в каталог с музыкой. Вот если б он ещё научился использовать inotify и самостоятельно делать update - цены б не было.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22190</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22190</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 13:32:30 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Перечитай название топика и не задавай глупых вопросов.</p><p>Ты сам отквотил то, на что ты отвечаешь. И это было вовсе не название топика. </p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22189</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22189</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 13:24:31 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Ты видел слово "плейер" в том посте, на который ты ответил рекомендацией читать ман по фьюзу??</p><p>Перечитай название топика и не задавай глупых вопросов.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: DeaDBeeF - новый аудио-плеер для GNU/Linux</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22188</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22188</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 12:54:22 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>VLC на данный момент лучший по критериям кроссплатформенность, функциональность, поддержка различных форматов
Один вывод видео в ASCII-графике чего стоит. Правда он стал громоздким и к тому же имеет давнюю багу с хоткеями..</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22187</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22187</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 12:24:48 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Ровно такое же, как и плеер. Не?</p><p>Ты видел слово "плейер" в том посте, на который ты ответил рекомендацией читать ман по фьюзу??</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22186</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22186</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 12:07:21 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;И оне это делают на бумажечечке или где?</p><p>Внезапно, в оперативной памяти компа.</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gtтоесть по твоему аудиофайл целиком загоняется в текстовую базу?</p><p>Думаешь текущее положение дел лучше твоего бреда? По крайней мере елси бы так было, то эта операция была бы хоть чем-то логически обоснованна.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22185</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22185</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 11:59:59 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Что ты хотел сказать про фьюз? Каким боком он имеет какое-то отношение к базам данных? </p><p>Ровно такое же, как и плеер. Не?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22184</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22184</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:52:18 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; xmms2/moc умеют это из коробки.</p><p>И оне это делают на бумажечечке или где?</p><p style="font-style:italic">&gt Хранение в текстовой базе выглядит ещё более убого.</p><p>тоесть по твоему аудиофайл целиком загоняется в текстовую базу? А перед этим uuencode'ится наверное?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22183</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22183</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:50:41 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Мнда... когда я копипастил, то не думал, что он такой большой. :)</p><p>Сокрыл, ибо нефих. Тут народ с нокий 3310 ходит, так что поаккуратнее.</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22182</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22182</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:42:59 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>А мне вот теперь интересно,  сколько  мегабайт текста  можно поместить в сообщение ?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22181</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22181</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:21:36 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p>Мнда... когда я копипастил, то не думал, что он такой большой. :)</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22180</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22180</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:13:12 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt;Весьма голословное утверждение. man fuse, нуб.</p><p><fieldset style="border: 1px dashed black; padding:0px;"><ol style="background-color:#3d3d3d;" start="1">~ % man fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;fuse(1)                            Emulators                           fuse(1)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;NAME<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       fuse - Sinclair ZX Spectrum emulator<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;SYNOPSIS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       fuse [options]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;DESCRIPTION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse  is  a  Sinclair  ZX Spectrum emulator. It supports several models<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       (including the 128), with quite faithful emulation of the  display  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       sound.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The  emulator can load any of the formats supported by libspectrum(3) -<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       this includes Z80, SNA and SZX snapshots, and TAP and TZX  virtual-tape<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       files.  Saving to SZX, Z80 and SNA snapshots and TZX and TAP tape files<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       is supported. The SLT extension to the Z80 format is  partly  supported<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       (enough  for  multi-load  games);  however, loading of the old DAT-file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       variant is not. DSK disk images are supported when emulating a +3,  TRD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and SCL disk images are supported when emulating a Pentagon or Scorpion<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and DCK cartridge images are supported  when  emulating  a  Timex  2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       variant. Interface II ROM cartridges are also supported.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Finally,  there  is  also support for reading and writing the RZX input<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       recording format.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       See the COMPRESSED FILES section for  details  on  reading  files  com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       pressed with bzip2(3) or gzip(3).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;OPTIONS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;accelerate-loader<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  Fuse should attempt to accelerate tape loaders<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              by "short circuiting" the loading loop.  This  will  in  general<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              speed  up  loading, but may cause some loaders to fail. (Enabled<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              by default, but you can  use  `&#8211;no-accelerate-loader'  to  dis‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              able). The same as the General Options dialog's Accelerate load‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ers option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;aspect-hint<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether the GTK+ and Xlib user interfaces should  `hint'<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              to  the  window manager about the preferred aspect ratio for the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              graphics window, thus preventing resizing  to  non-square  sizes<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              which  lead  to  Fuse  not displaying correctly. This option has<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              been observed to cause problems with some window  managers  when<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              using  the  GTK+  UI  which  can  prevent  the window from being<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              resized or moved at all. (Enabled by default, but  you  can  use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&#8211;no-aspect-hint'     to     disable).     See     also     the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&#8211;strict-aspect-hint' option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;autosave-settings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether Fuse's current settings should be  automatically<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              saved  on  exit.  The same as the General Options dialog's Auto-<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              save settings option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;auto-load<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether tape and  disk  files  should  be  automatically<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              loaded  when  they  are  opened  using  the  File, Open...  menu<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option. (Enabled by default, but you can use `&#8211;no-auto-load' to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              disable).  Same  as the General Options dialog's Auto-load media<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;beeper-stereo<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether fake stereo should be added to the emulation  of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the  Spectrum  beeper. Same as the Sound Options dialog's Beeper<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              pseudo-stereo option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;beta128<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate a Beta 128 interface. Same as  the  Peripherals  Options<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dialog's Beta 128 interface option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              &#8211;betadisk Specify a Betadisk image to load.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;bw-tv<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  the  display should simulate a colour or black<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and white television. This option is effective under  the  GTK+,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Xlib  and SDL user interfaces: the others will always simulate a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              colour TV. The same as the General Options  dialog's  Black  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              white TV option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;competition-code code<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  the  code  to be written to competition mode RZX files.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The same as the RZX Options dialog's Competition code option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;competition-mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether input recordings should be made in  `competition<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              mode'.   The  same  as the RZX Options dialog's Competition mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;compress-rzx<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether RZX files  should  be  written  out  compressed.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (Enabled by default, but you can use `&#8211;no-compress-rzx' to dis‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              able). Same as  the  RZX  Options  dialog's  Compress  RZX  data<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;confirm-actions<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  `dangerous'  actions  (those which could cause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              data loss, for example resetting the Spectrum) require confirma‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tion  before  occurring.  (Enabled  by  default, but you can use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&#8211;no-confirm-actions' to disable).  This  option  is  effective<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              under  the  GTK+ UI, and is the same as the General Options dia‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              log's Confirm actions option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;debugger-command string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify a debugger command to be run  before  emulator  startup.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              This can be used to set breakpoints or the like. Currently, this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              is the only method to input multi-line debugger  commands.  (See<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the MONITOR/DEBUGGER section for more information).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;detect-loader<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  Fuse should attempt to detect when the tape is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              being accessed and start and stop the virtual tape playing auto‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              matically.    (Enabled    by    default,   but   you   can   use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&#8211;no-detect-loader' to disable). Same as  the  General  Options<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dialog's Detect loaders option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;divide<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate  the  DivIDE  interface.  The  same  as  the Peripherals<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's DivIDE interface option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;divide-masterfile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;divide-slavefile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify an IDE image to be loaded  into  the  DivIDE's  emulated<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              master and slave drives respectively.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;divide-write-protect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  that  the emulated DivIDE's write protect jumper should<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be considered set. The same as the Peripherals Options  dialog's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              DivIDE write protect option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;dock file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert  the  specified file into the emulated Timex 2068 variant<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dock; also select the TC2068 on startup if available.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;doublescan-mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify the the framebuffer UI should attempt to  use  a  double<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              scan mode (where each line is displayed twice).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;embed-snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  a  snapshot  should be embedded in an RZX file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              when recording is started from an existing snapshot. (Enabled by<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              default, but you can use `&#8211;no-embed-snapshot' to disable). Same<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              as the RZX Options dialog's Always embed snapshot option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;fastload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether Fuse should run at the  fastest  possible  speed<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              when  the  virtual tape is playing. (Enabled by default, but you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              can use `&#8211;no-fastload' to disable). The  same  as  the  General<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's Fastloading option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -f frequency<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;sound-freq frequency<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify what frequency Fuse should use for the sound device, the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              default is 32 kHz, but some devices only support a  single  fre‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              quency or a limited range (e.g.  48 kHz or up to 22 kHz).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;full-screen<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  Fuse  should  run  in  full screen mode.  This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option is effective only under the SDL UI.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -g filter<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;graphics-filter mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify which graphics filter to use if available.  The  default<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              is  normal,  which  uses no filtering. The available options are<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              2x, 2xsai, 3x, advmame2x, advmame3x, dotmatrix, half,  halfskip,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              normal,  super2xsai, supereagle, timex15x, timextv, tv2x, paltv,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              paltv2x, and paltv3x.  See the GRAPHICS FILTERS section for more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;graphicsfile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set  the filename used for graphical output from the emulated ZX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              printer. See the PRINTER EMULATION section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -h<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;help<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Give brief usage help, listing available options.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;if2cart file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert the specified file into the emulated Interface II.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;interface1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate a Sinclair Interface I. Same as the Peripherals  Options<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dialog's Interface I option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;interface2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate  a  Sinclair  Interface II. (Enabled by default, but you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              can use `&#8211;no-interface2' to disable). Same as  the  Peripherals<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's Interface II option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;issue2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate  an  issue  2 keyboard. Same as the General Options dia‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              log's Issue 2 keyboard option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -j device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;joystick-1 device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Read from device to emulate the first joystick.  Fuse  will  use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              either `/dev/input/js0' or `/dev/js0' by default.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;joystick-2 device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As  for  &#8211;joystick-1  but  for the second joystick; the default<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              here is either `/dev/input/js1' or `/dev/js1'.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;joystick-prompt<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If this option is specified, Fuse Fuse  will  prompt  you  which<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              form  of joystick emulation you wish to use when loading a snap‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              shot. No prompt will be issued if the configuration in the snap‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              shot  matches what you are currently using. The same as the Gen‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              eral Options dialog's Snap joystick prompt option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;kempston<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate a Kempston joystick. Same  as  the  Peripherals  Options<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dialog's Kempston joystick option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;kempston-mouse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate  a  Kempston mouse. Same as the Peripherals Options dia‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              log's Kempston mouse option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;late-timings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              It has been observed that some real Spectrums run such that  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              screen is rendered one tstate later than on other real hardware.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              This option specifies that Fuse should emulate such  a  machine.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Same as the General Options dialog's Late timings option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;loading-sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether the sound made while tapes are loading should be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated. (Enabled by  default,  but  you  can  use  `&#8211;no-load‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing-sound' to disable). Same as the Sound Options dialog's Load‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing sound option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -m type<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;machine type<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify machine type to emulate initially. The default is 48,  a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              48K  Spectrum.  The  available  options  are 16, 48, 128, plus2,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              plus2a, plus3, 2048, 2068, ts2068, pentagon, pentagon512, penta‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              gon1024, and scorpion.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-2-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-3-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-4-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-5-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-6-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-7-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;microdrive-8-file file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify Interface I Microdrive cartridge files to open.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -p file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;playback file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify an RZX file to begin playback from.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;paltv2x<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether the PAL TV 2x and PAL TV 3x scalers should also<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              produce scanlines along the lines of the  TV  2x  and  Timex  TV<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              scalers.   The  same  as the General Options dialog's PAL-TV use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              TV2x effect option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;plus3disk file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert the specified file into the emulated +3's A: drive;  also<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              select the +3 on startup if available.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;plusd<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate a +D interface. Same as the Peripherals Options dialog's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              +D interface option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;plusddisk file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert the specified file into the emulated +D's drive 1.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;printer<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether the emulation should include a printer. Same  as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the Peripherals Options dialog's Emulate printers option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rate frame<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  the  frame rate, the ratio of spectrum frame updates to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              real frame updates. Same as the General Options  dialog's  Frame<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              rate option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -r file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;record file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify an RZX file to begin recording to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-16 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-48 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-128-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-128-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2a-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2a-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2a-2 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus2a-3 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3-2 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3-3 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3e-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3e-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3e-2 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plus3e-3 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-tc2048 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-tc2068-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-tc2068-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-ts2068-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-ts2068-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-pentagon-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-pentagon-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-pentagon-2 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-pentagon-3 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-scorpion-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-scorpion-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-scorpion-2 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-scorpion-3 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-spec-se-0 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-spec-se-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-interface-1 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-plusd file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rom-beta128 file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  the  file  to be used for ROM(s) used for each machine.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The options respectively refer to the 16K Spectrum (48.rom), 48K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum (48.rom), the two ROMs for the 128K Spectrum (128-0.rom<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and 128-1.rom),  the  two  ROMs  for  the  +2  (plus2-0.rom  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              plus2-1.rom),   the   four   ROMs   for  the  +2A  (plus3-0.rom,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              plus3-1.rom, plus3-2.rom and plus3-3.rom), the four ROMs for the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              +3  (plus3-0.rom, plus3-1.rom, plus3-2.rom and plus3-3.rom), the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              TC2048  ROM  (tc2048.rom),  the  two   ROMs   for   the   TC2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (tc2068-0.rom  and  tc2068-1.rom),  the  two ROMs for the TS2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (tc2068-0.rom and tc2068-1.rom), the two main ROMs,  the  TR-DOS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ROM  and  a  reset  service  ROM  for  the Pentagon (128p-0.rom,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              128p-1.rom, trdos.rom and gluck.rom),  the  four  ROMs  for  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Scorpion    256    (256s-0.rom,   256s-1.rom,   256s-2.rom   and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              256s-3.rom), the two ROMs for  the  Spectrum  SE  (se-0.rom  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              se-1.rom),   the   Interface  I  ROM  (if1-2.rom),  the  +D  ROM<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (plusd.rom), and the TR-DOS ROM for Beta 128 emulation with  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              128K  or  +2  (trdos.rom).   The  names  in  brackets denote the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              defaults.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;no-rs232-handshake<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              This option makes Fuse's Interface I emulation assume  that  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              RS-232 line other end is live when you connect the communication<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              channels.  See also the `&#8211;rs232-rx' and `&#8211;rs232-tx' options.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rs232-rx<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rs232-tx<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify the communication channels (FIFO or file) to be used for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Interface  I  RS-232 emulation as RxD and TxD wire. See also the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&#8211;rs232-handshake' options.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;rzx-autosaves<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify that, while recording an RZX file, Fuse should automati‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              cally  add  a  snapshot to the recording stream every 5 seconds.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (Default to on, but you can  use  `&#8211;no-rzx-autosaves'  to  dis‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              able).  Same  as  the  RZX  Options  dialog's "Create autosaves"<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option; see there for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;separation<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Give stereo separation of the 128's AY sound channels.  Same  as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the General Options dialog's AY stereo separation option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;simpleide<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether Fuse will emulate the simple 8-bit IDE interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              as used by the Spectrum +3e. Same  as  the  Peripherals  Options<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              dialog's Simple 8-bit IDE option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;simpleide-masterfile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  a  HDF file to connect to the emulated Simple 8-bit IDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              interface's master channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;simpleide-slavefile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify a HDF file to connect to the emulated Simple  8-bit  IDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              interface's slave channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;slt<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Support  the  SLT trap instruction. (Enabled by default, but you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              can use `&#8211;no-slt' to disable). Same as the General Options dia‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              log's Use .slt traps option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -s file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;snapshot file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify a snapshot file to load. The file can be in any snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              format supported by libspectrum(3).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether Fuse should produce sound. (Enabled by  default,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              but  you  can  use  `&#8211;no-sound'  to disable). Same as the Sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's Sound enabled option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;sound-force-8bit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Force the use of 8-bit sound, even if 16-bit is  possible.  Same<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              as the Sound Options dialog's Force 8-bit option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;sound-hifi<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Use higher fidelity sound generation to improve the reproduction<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              of some multi-channel beeper tunes by  reducing  aliasing  noise<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (e.g.   Fairlight  2).  Same as the Sound Options dialog's Hi-fi<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              beeper option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -d device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;sound-device device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify the sound output device to use and any options  to  give<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              that  device.  If you are not using the SDL UI or using libao or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              libasound (ALSA) for sound output,  then  the  device  parameter<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              just specifies the device to be used for sound output.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If  you are using the SDL UI, the device parameter allows you to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              specify the audio driver to be used (e.g. dsp,  alsa,  dma,  esd<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and arts).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If  you  are  using libao for sound output, the device parameter<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              allows you to specify the device used for sound  output  (either<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `live'  to a speaker or to a file) and the parameters to be used<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              for that device. In general, the device parameter has  the  form<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              driver[:param[=value][,param[=value][,...]].  driver selects the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              libao driver to be used, either one of the `live' drivers (aixs,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              alsa,  alsa09,  arts,  esd, irix , macosx, nas, oss or sun) or a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              file driver (au, raw, wav or null).  The available parameter and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              value pairs for each device are:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      aixs: AIX audio system<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      dev=device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `device' gives the AIX sound device.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      alsa: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture version 0.5.x<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      card=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the ALSA card number.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      dev=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the ALSA device number.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      buf_size=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the ALSA buffer size in bytes.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      alsa09: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture version 0.9+<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      dev=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string' specfies the ALSA device e.g. hw:1.2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      buffer_time=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the ALSA buffer time in microseconds.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      period_time=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the ALSA period time in microseconds.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      use_mmap=yes|y|true|t|1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            specifies that libao use memory mapped transfer.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      arts: aRts soundserver: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      esd: Enlightened Sound Daemon.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      host=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string' gives the ESD host specification.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      irix: IRIX Audio Library: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      macosx: MacOS X CoreAudio: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      nas: Network Audio System.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      host=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string' gives the NAS host specification.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      buf_size=num<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `num' gives the buffer size on the server.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      oss: Open Sound System.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      dsp=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string'  gives  the  OSS  device  to be used e.g.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            /dev/sound/dsp1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      sun: SUN audio system.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      dev=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string' gives the audio device to be used.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      au: SUN Sparc audio file: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      raw: raw file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      byteorder=string<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            `string' can be any of native (host  native  byte‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            order),   big   (big  endian)  or  little  (little<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            endian).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      wav: Microsoft audio file: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      null: null output: no parameters.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      debug: for debugging libao.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Finally, each of the file output types (au, raw and wav) have an<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              extra  option  `file=filename'  where  `filename' gives the file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              output will be directed to. This defaults to `fuse-sound.ao'  if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              it is not specified.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Some examples of use:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              fuse -d alsa09:dev=hw:1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              causes  Fuse  to use ALSA 0.9+ output with the second (#1) sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              card.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              fuse -d raw:byteorder=little,file=enigma.raw<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              causes Fuse to save little endian words to `enigma.raw'.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              See the `DEVICE' section of ogg123(1) for up to date information<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              of  devices  and  options (except for the `file' option which is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              provided by Fuse itself).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If you are using libasound or ALSA for sound output, the  device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              parameter allows you to specify the device used for sound output<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and some parameters to be used for that device. In general,  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              device parameter has the form<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              devstr or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              param[=value][,param[=value][,...][,devstr].<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      devstr:  selects the ALSA device used, it can be any com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     plex or simple ALSA device name. e.g.: default or hw:0 or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tee:plughw:0,'/tmp/out.raw',raw  See the alsa-lib pcm api<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     reference                                              at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     <a href="http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/alsa-lib/pcm.html">http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/alsa-lib/pcm.html</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     for further explanation.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ·      param and values:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      buffer=nnnn:  set  the  ALSA  buffer  in   frames,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            smaller  value  cause  smaller sound delay but may<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            more buffer underrun  (pops  and  clicks),  larger<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            value  cause  longer  delay but fewer underrun. By<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            default Fuse determine the buffer  size  based  on<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            the actual sound frequency.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            If you use some special plugin for your pcm device<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            (e.g.: dmix) or your card not support some  needed<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            parameter  (e.g.  cannot  play  other  only 48 kHz<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            stereo sound like some AC97 sound card) may  cause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            Fuse  unable to set the needed buffer size, appro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            priate sound frequency, channels and so on, there‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            fore you cannot get optimal result or not hear the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            sound at all.  In  this  case  try  the  plughw:#,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            (where # mean your card number counted from 0) for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            ALSA device.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ·      verbose : if given, fuse report ALSA buffer under‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            runs to stderr<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Some examples of use:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              fuse -d verbose,buffer=2000<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              causes  Fuse  to  use  the  default  ALSA device with 2000 frame<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              length buffer and report ALSA buffer underruns on stderr.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              fuse -d tee:plughw:0,'/tmp/aufwm.raw',raw<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              causes Fuse to use the first card  and  parallel  save  the  raw<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              audio samples into /tmp/aufwm.raw file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;speed percentage<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  the  speed  (as a percentage of real Spectrum speed) at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              which emulation should attempt to proceed. Same as  the  General<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's Emulation speed option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;statusbar<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              For  the GTK+ UI, enables the statusbar beneath the display. For<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the SDL UI, enables the status icons showing  whether  the  disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and  tape  are  being accessed. Same as the General Options dia‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              log's Show statusbar option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;strict-aspect-hint<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              For the GTK+ UI, use stricter limits for the aspect ratio limits<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              set  by  the  `&#8211;aspect-hint' option. This can cause some window<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              managers (for example, metacity(1)) to not allow the  window  to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be  resized  and  moved, but is necessary to prevent others (for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              example, fvwm(1)) from being able resize the  window  away  from<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              square.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -v mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;svgamode mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  which mode to use for the SVGAlib and FB UIs. Available<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              values for mode are `320' (which corresponds  to  a  320x240x256<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              mode), the default and `640' (a 640x480x256 mode).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -D mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;doublescan-mode mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether  to  use doublescan modes in the SVGAlib and FB<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              UIs.  Available values for mode are 0, 1 and 2. 0  means  `never<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              doublescan'  (use  640x480  at either 72 Hz or 60 Hz), whereas 1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and 2 both mean `try to use doublescan' and will  fall  back  on<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the  640x480 modes. These latter two are treated identically for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              SVGA, but for FB, they differ: 1 selects 72 Hz modes  (the  same<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              size  and  shape  as  your typical 640x480), and 2 selects 60 Hz<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              modes (overscan).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If your monitor displays a blank screen when using 1 or 2, press<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              F10 then try a different option or say `&#8211;svgamode 640'.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -t file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;tape file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  a  virtual  tape  file to use. It must be in TAP or TZX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              format.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;textfile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set the filename used for text output from the  emulated  print‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ers. See the PRINTER EMULATION section below for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;traps<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Support  traps for ROM tape loading/saving. (Enabled by default,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              but you can use `&#8211;no-traps' to disable). Same  as  the  General<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Options dialog's Use tape traps option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;betadisk file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert  the  specified  file  into the emulated Beta disk inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              face's drive A: and select Pentagon mode on startup.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -V<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;version<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Show which version of Fuse is being used.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;writable-roms<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Allow Spectrum programs to overwrite the ROM(s). The same as the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              General Options dialog's Allow writes to ROM option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxatasp<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  whether Fuse emulate the ZXATASP interface. Same as the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Peripherals Options dialog's ZXATASP interface option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxatasp-upload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify the state of the ZXATASP  upload  jumper.  Same  as  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Peripherals Options dialog's ZXATASP upload option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxatasp-write-protect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  the  state of the ZXATASP write protect jumper. Same as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the Peripherals Options dialog's ZXATASP write protect option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxatasp-masterfile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify a HDF file to connect to  the  emulated  ZXATASP  inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              face's master channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxatasp-slavefile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify  a  HDF  file  to connect to the emulated ZXATASP inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              face's slave channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxcf<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify whether Fuse emulate the ZXCF  interface.  Same  as  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Peripherals Options dialog's ZXCF interface option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxcf-upload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify the state of the ZXCF upload jumper. Same as the Periph‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              erals Options dialog's ZXCF upload option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;zxcf-cffile file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Specify a HDF file to connect to the emulated ZXCF interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       All long options which control on/off settings can  be  disabled  using<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `&#8211;no-foo'  (for  an  option  `&#8211;foo').   For  example, the opposite of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `&#8211;issue2' is `&#8211;no-issue2'.  These options can also be modified  while<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the emulator is running, using the options dialogs - see the documenta‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tion for the Options menu in the MENUS AND KEYS section for details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;THE VARIOUS FRONT-ENDS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse supports various front-ends, or UIs (user interfaces).  The  usual<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       one  is  GTK+-based,  but  there are also SDL, Xlib, SVGAlib and frame‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       buffer ones.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The important difference to note is that the GTK+ version uses `native'<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       dialog  boxes  etc.  (behaving  like a fairly normal GUI-based program)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       while the others use an alternative, Fuse-specific  `widget  UI'.  This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       latter  front-end  is  easily  spotted by the way it uses the main Fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       window/screen for menus and dialogs, and uses the Spectrum's own font.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;MENUS AND KEYS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Since many of the keys available are devoted to emulation of the  Spec‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       trum's  keyboard,  the  primary  way of controlling Fuse itself (rather<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       than the emulated machine) is via the menus. There  are  also  function<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       key shortcuts for some menu options.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       In  the  GTK+ version, the menu bar is always visible at the top of the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse window. You can click on a menu name to pop it up.  Alternatively,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       you can press F1 to display a pop-up version of the menu bar, which you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       can then navigate with the cursor keys or mouse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       In the widget UI pressing F1 is the only way to get the main menu;  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       unlike  the GTK+ version, the emulator pauses while the menus are being<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       navigated. The menus show which key to press for each  menu  option  in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       brackets.  Pressing Esc exits a menu, and pressing Enter exits the menu<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       system entirely (as well as `confirming' any current dialog).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Here's what the menu options do, along with the function  key  mappings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       for those items which have them:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F3<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Open...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Open a Spectrum file. Snapshots will be loaded into memory; tape<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              images will be inserted into the emulated tape deck, and if  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Auto-load media option is set will being loading. Opening a disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              image or a Timex dock image will cause the  appropriate  machine<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              type  (+3,  Pentagon  or  TC2068)  to be selected with the image<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              inserted, and disks will automatically  load  if  the  Auto-load<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              media  option  is  set. See the FILE SELECTION section below for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              details on how to choose the file. Note that this  behaviour  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              different from previous versions of Fuse, when this option would<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              open only snapshots.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Save Snapshot...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Save a snapshot (machine state, memory contents, etc.) to  file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              You  can  select  the filename to be saved to. If it has a .szx,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              .z80 or .sna extension, the snapshot will be saved in that  for‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              mat. Otherwise, it will be saved as a .szx file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Record...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start  recording input to an RZX file, initialised from the cur‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              rent emulation state. You will be prompted  for  a  filename  to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              use.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Record from snapshot...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start  recording  input to an RZX file, initialised from a snap‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              shot. You will first be asked for the snapshot to use  and  then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the file to save the recording to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Insert<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Insert snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Inserts  a snapshot of the current state into the RZX file. This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              can be used at a later point to roll back to the inserted  state<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              by using one of the commands below.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Delete<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Rollback<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Rolls  back  the  recording  to  the point at which the previous<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              snapshot was inserted. Recording will continue from that point.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Rollback to...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Roll back the recording to any snapshot which has been  inserted<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              into the recording.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Play...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Playback  recorded  input from an RZX file. This lets you replay<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              keypresses recorded previously. RZX files  generally  contain  a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              snapshot  with  the Spectrum's state at the start of the record‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing; if the selected RZX file doesn't, you'll be prompted for  a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              snapshot to load as well.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Recording, Stop<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Stop any currently-recording/playing RZX file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, AY Logging, Record...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start recording the bytes output via the AY-3-8192 sound chip to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              a PSG file. You will be prompted for  a  filename  to  save  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              recording to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, AY Logging, Stop<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Stop any current AY logging.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Open SCR Screenshot...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Load  an  SCR  screenshot (essentially just a binary dump of the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum's video memory) onto the current screen. Fuse  supports<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              screenshots  saved  in  the  Timex hi-colour and hi-res modes as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              well as `normal' Spectrum screens, and will make a  simple  con‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              version  if  a  hi-colour  or hi-res screenshot is loaded onto a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              non-Timex machine.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Save Screen as SCR...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Save a copy of whatever's currently displayed on the  Spectrum's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              screen  as  an  SCR file. You will be prompted for a filename to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              save the screenshot to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Save Screen as PNG...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Save the current screen as a PNG file. You will be prompted  for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              a filename to save the screenshot to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Movies, Record Movie as SCR...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start  recording  a  `movie' as a series of SCR screenshots. You<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              will be prompted for a filename, and the screenshots  will  then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be         saved         to        `&lt;name&gt;-frame-000000000.scr',<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `&lt;name&gt;-frame-000000001.scr' and so on.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Movies, Record Movie as PNG...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start recording a `movie' as a series of PNG images.  The  file‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              names  used  will  be  the same as for the SCR movie, but with a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `.png' extension instead of `.scr'.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Movies, Stop Movie Recording<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Stop any movie recording which is currently in progress.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Load Binary Data...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Load binary data from a file into the Spectrum's  memory.  After<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              selecting  the  file  to load data from, you can choose where to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              load the data and how much data to load.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Save Binary Data...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Save an arbitrary chunk of the  Spectrum's  memory  to  a  file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Select  the  file  you wish to save to, followed by the location<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and length of data you wish to save.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F10<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       File, Exit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Exit the emulator. A confirmation dialog  will  appear  checking<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              you actually want to do this.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F4<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, General...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Display  the General Options dialog, letting you configure Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (With the widget UI, the  keys  shown  in  brackets  toggle  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              options,  Enter confirms any changes, and Esc aborts). Note that<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              any changed settings only apply to the currently-running Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The options available are:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulation speed<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Set how fast Fuse will attempt to emulate  the  Spectrum,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     as  a  percentage  of the speed at which the real machine<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     runs. If your machine isn't fast enough to keep  up  with<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the  requested  speed,  Fuse  will just run as fast as it<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     can. Note that if the  emulation  speed  is  not  exactly<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     100%, no sound output will be produced.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Frame rate<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Specify  the  frame  rate,  the  ratio  of spectrum frame<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     updates to real frame updates. This  is  useful  if  your<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     machine  is  having  trouble keeping up with the spectrum<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     screen updates.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Issue 2 keyboard<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Early versions of the Spectrum used a different value for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     unused  bits on the keyboard input ports, and a few games<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     depended on the old value of these  bits.  Enabling  this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     option switches to the old value, to let you run them.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Use tape traps<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Ordinarily, Fuse intercepts calls to the ROM tape-loading<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     routine in order to load from  tape  files  more  quickly<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     when  possible.  But this can (rarely) interfere with TZX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     loading; disabling this option avoids the problem at  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cost  of  slower  (i.e.  always  real-time) tape-loading.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     When tape-loading traps are disabled, you need  to  start<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tape  playback  manually,  by pressing F8 or choosing the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Media, Tape, Play menu item. Fuse also uses tape traps to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     intercept the tape-saving routine in the ROM to save tape<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     files quickly, tapes can also be saved using  the  Media,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Tape, Record Start menu item.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Fastloading<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If  this  option  is  enabled,  then Fuse will run at the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     fastest possible speed when the virtual tape is  playing,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     thus dramatically reducing the time it takes to load pro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     grams. You may wish to disable this option if you wish to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     stop the tape at a specific point.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Detect loaders<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If  this  option  is enabled, Fuse will attempt to detect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     when a loading routine is in progress, and then automati‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cally start the virtual tape to load the program in. This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     is done by using a heuristic to identify a  loading  rou‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tine,  so  is  by  no means infallible, but works in most<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cases.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Auto-load media<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     On many occasions when you open a tape or disk file, it's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     because  it's  got a program in you want to load and run.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, this will automatically  hap‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     pen  for  you  when you open one of these files using the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     File, Open...  menu option - you must then use the  Media<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     menu  to  use  tapes  or disks for saving data to, or for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     loading data into an already running program.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Use .slt traps<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The multi-load  aspect  of  SLT  files  requires  a  trap<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     instruction to be supported. This instruction is not gen‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     erally used except for this  trap,  but  since  it's  not<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     inconceivable  that a program could be wanting to use the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     real instruction instead, you can choose whether to  sup‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     port the trap or not.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Allow writes to ROM<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If  this option is selected, Fuse will happily allow pro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     grams to overwrite what would normally be ROM. This prob‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ably  isn't very useful in most circumstances, especially<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     as the 48K ROM overwrites parts of itself.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Auto-save settings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will automatically write<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     its  currently selected options to its configuration file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     on exit (if libxml2 was  available  when  Fuse  was  com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     piled). If you turn this option off, you'll have to manu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ally use Options, Save afterwards  to  ensure  that  this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     setting gets written to Fuse's configuration file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              MDR cartridge len<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This option controls the number of blocks in a new Micro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     drive cartridge.  If the value smaller than 4 or  greater<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     than 254 Fuse assumes 4 or 254.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              RS-232 handshake<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If you turn this option off, Fuse assumes the RS-232 line<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     other end is live  when  you  connect  the  communication<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     channels.  See also the `&#8211;rs232-rx&#8211;rs232-tx' options.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Black and white TV<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This  option  allows  you to choose whether to simulate a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     colour or black and white television. This  is  effective<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     only  under  the  GTK+, Xlib and SDL user interfaces: the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     others will always simulate a colour TV.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              PAL-TV use TV2x effect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This option allows you to choose whether the  PAL  TV  2x<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     and  higher  scalers also reproduce scanlines in the same<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     way as the TV 2x, 3x and Timex TV scalers.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Confirm actions<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Specify whether `dangerous' actions  (those  which  could<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cause  data  loss,  for  example  resetting the Spectrum)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     require confirmation before occurring.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Show statusbar<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     For the GTK+ UI, enables the statusbar beneath  the  dis‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     play.  For  the  SDL UI, enables the status icons showing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     whether the disk and tape are being accessed. This option<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     has no effect for the other user interfaces.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Snap joystick prompt<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If  set,  Fuse will prompt you which physical joystick or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     keyboard you want to connect to  the  joystick  interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     enabled  in  the  snapshot unless it already matches your<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     current configuration.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Late timings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If selected, Fuse will cause all  screen-related  timings<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     (for example, when the screen is rendered and when memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     contention occurs) to be one tstate later than  "normal",<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     an effect which is present on some real hardware.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Sound...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Display  the  Sound Options dialog, letting you configure Fuse's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              sound output. (With the widget UI, the keys  shown  in  brackets<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              toggle the options, Enter confirms any changes, and Esc aborts).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Note that any changed settings only apply to the  currently-run‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ning Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Sound enabled<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Specify  whether  sound  output should be enabled at all.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     When this option is disabled,  Fuse  will  not  make  any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     sound.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Loading sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Normally,  Fuse  emulates tape-loading noise when loading<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     from TAPs or TZXs in real-time, albeit at a  deliberately<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     lower  volume  than  on  a real Spectrum. You can disable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     this option to eliminate the loading noise entirely.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              AY stereo separation<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     By default, the sound output is mono, since this  is  all<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     you  got  from  an unmodified Spectrum. But enabling this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     option gives you so-called ACB stereo (for sound from the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     128's AY-3-8912 sound chip). This actually works a little<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     better than ACB  stereo  modifications  for  the  machine<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     itself, since it uses stereo positioning rather than sim‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ply playing on one channel only.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Beeper pseudo-stereo<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The Spectrum beeper is inherently mono, but enabling this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     option adds a simple fake-stereo effect. While the slight<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     echo involved  can  sometimes  make  beeper  noise  sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     worse, in many cases it gives an acceptable result.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Force 8-bit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Force the use of 8-bit sound even if 16-bit (the default)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     is available. Note that (when the option is  enabled)  if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     8-bit  sound  isn't available then there will be no sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     at all, so it's best not to use this  option  unless  you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     have a specific need for it.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Hi-fi beeper<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Use  higher  fidelity  sound  generation  to  improve the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     reproduction of some multi-channel beeper tunes by reduc‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ing aliasing noise (e.g.  Fairlight 2).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Peripherals...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Display  the  Peripherals  Options dialog, letting you configure<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the peripherals which Fuse will consider to be attached  to  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated machines. (With the widget UI, the keys shown in brack‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ets toggle the options, Enter  confirms  any  changes,  and  Esc<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              aborts).  Note  that any changed settings only apply to the cur‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              rently-running Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Kempston joystick<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate a  Kempston<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     joystick  interface  (probably  the most widely supported<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     type on the Spectrum).  Note that this  option  is  basi‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cally  equivalent to plugging the interface itself into a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Spectrum, not to connecting a joystick; this affects  how<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the  Spectrum responds to a read of input port 31. To use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     a Kempston joystick  in  a  game,  this  option  must  be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     enabled, and you must also select a Kempston joystick the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Options, Joysticks menu.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Kempston mouse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate a  Kempston<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     mouse interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If you're using Fuse full-screen, your mouse is automati‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cally used as if attached to the Kempston interface. Oth‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     erwise,  you'll  need to click on the Spectrum display in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     order to tell Fuse to  grab  the  pointer  (and  make  it<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     invisible);  to tell Fuse to release it, click the middle<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     button (or wheel) or press Escape.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     With the framebuffer UI, Fuse prefers to use GPM; if this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     is  not  available,  it  will  fall back to built-in PS/2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     mouse support. In this mode,  it  tries  /dev/input/mice,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     /dev/mouse then /dev/psaux, stopping when it successfully<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     opens one. The first of  these  is  preferred  since  (at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     least  on  Linux,  with  a 2.6-series kernel) any type of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     mouse can be used and any connected mouse may be used.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Interface I<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate the  simple<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Sinclair  Interface I, and allow Microdrive cartridges to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     be connected and disconnected via the Media, Interface I,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Microdrive  menus. It also enables support for the Inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     face I RS-232 interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Interface II<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate a cartridge<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     port as found on the Interface II. Cartridges can then be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     inserted and removed via the Media, Cartridge,  Interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     II  menu. Note that the Pentagon, Scorpion, Interface II,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ZXATASP and ZXCF all use the same hardware mechanism  for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     accessing some of their extended features, so only one of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     these should be selected at once or unpredictable  behav‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     iour will occur.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Emulate printers<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If  this option is selected, Fuse will emulate a printer.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     See the PRINTER EMULATION section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Simple 8-bit IDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate the  simple<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     8-bit  IDE  interface  as  used  by the Spectrum +3e, and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     allow hard disks to be connected and disconnected via the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit menu.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZXATASP interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate the ZXATASP<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     interface, which provides both additional RAM and an  IDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     interface.  See  the  ZXATASP  AND  ZXCF section for more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZXATASP upload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This option controls the  state  of  the  ZXATASP  upload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     jumper.  See  the  ZXATASP  AND  ZXCF  section  for  more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZXATASP write protect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This option controls the state of the ZXATASP write  pro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tect  jumper.  See  the ZXATASP AND ZXCF section for more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZXCF interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will  emulate  the  ZXCF<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     interface,  which provides both additional RAM and a Com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     pactFlash interface. See the ZXATASP AND ZXCF section for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZXCF upload<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This option controls the state of the ZXCF upload jumper.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     See the ZXATASP AND ZXCF section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              DivIDE interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will emulate the  DivIDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     interface. See the DIVIDE section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              DivIDE write protect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     This  option  controls the state of the DivIDE write pro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tection jumper. See the DIVIDE section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              +D interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected,  Fuse  will  emulate  the  +D<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     interface.    See  the  +D  EMULATION  section  for  more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Beta 128 interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will  emulate  the  Beta<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     128  interface.   See  the BETA 128 EMULATION section for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     more details. Beta 128 emulation is enabled for the  Pen‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tagon and Scorpion machines regardless of this option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, RZX...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Display the RZX Options dialog, letting you configure how Fuse's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              deals with RZX input recordings. (With the widget UI,  the  keys<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              shown  in  brackets  toggle  the  options,  Enter  confirms  any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              changes, and Esc aborts). Note that any  changed  settings  only<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              apply to the currently-running Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Create autosaves<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, Fuse will add a snapshot into<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the recording stream every 5 seconds  while  creating  an<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     RZX  file,  thus  enabling  the rollback facilities to be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     used without having to explicitly add snapshots into  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     stream. Older snapshots will be pruned from the stream to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     keep the file size and number  of  snapshots  down:  each<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     snapshot up to 15 seconds will be kept, then one snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     every 15 seconds until  one  minute,  then  one  snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     every minute until 5 minutes, and then one snapshot every<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     5 minutes. Note that this "pruning" applies only to auto‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     matically inserted snapshots: snapshots manually inserted<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     into the stream will never be pruned.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Compress RZX data<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If this option is selected, and zlib was  available  when<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Fuse  was compiled, any RZX files written by Fuse will be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     compressed. This is generally a good thing  as  it  makes<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the files significantly smaller, and you probably want to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     turn it off only if you're debugging  the  RZX  files  or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     there's  some  other  program  which doesn't support com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     pressed RZX files.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Competition mode<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Any input recordings which are started when  this  option<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     is  selected  will  be  made  in  `competition  mode'. In<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     essence, this means that Fuse will act just like  a  real<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Spectrum  would: you can't load snapshots, pause the emu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     lation in any way, change the speed or anything that  you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     couldn't  do  on the real machine. If any of these things<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     are attempted, or if the emulated Fuse  is  running  more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     than 5% faster or slower than normal Spectrum speed, then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the recording will immediately be stopped.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     If libgcrypt was available when Fuse was  compiled,  then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     recordings made with competition mode active will be dig‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     itally signed, in theory to `certify' that  it  was  made<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     with the above restrictions in place.  However, this pro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     cedure is not secure (and cannot  be  made  so),  so  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     presence  of  any  signature on an RZX file should not be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     taken as providing proof that it was made  with  competi‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tion  mode  active.   This  feature  is  included in Fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     solely as it was one of the requirements for Fuse  to  be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     used in an on-line tournament.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Competition code<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The  numeric  code  entered here will be written into any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     RZX files made in competition mode. This is another  fea‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ture for on-line tournaments which can be used to `prove'<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     that the recording was made after  a  specific  code  was<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     released. If you're not playing in such a tournament, you<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     can safely ignore this option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Always embed snapshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Specify whether a snapshot should be embedded in  an  RZX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     file when recording is started from an existing snapshot.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Joysticks<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Fuse can emulate many of the common types of joystick which were<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              available for the Spectrum. The input for  these  emulated  joy‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              sticks  can be taken from real joysticks attached to the emulat‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing machine (configured via  the  Options,  Joysticks,  Joystick<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              1...   and  Options, Joysticks, Joystick 2...  options), or from<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the q, a, o, p, and Space keys on the  emulating  machines  key‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              board,   configured  via  the  Options,  Joysticks,  Keyboard...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option. Note that when using the keyboard to emulate a joystick,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the q, a, o, p, and Space keys will not have their normal effect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (to avoid problems with games which do things  like  use  p  for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              pause when using a joystick).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Each  of  the joysticks (including the `fake' keyboard joystick)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              can be configured to emulate any one of the  following  joystick<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              types:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     None<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            No joystick: any input will simply be ignored.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Cursor<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            A   cursor  joystick,  equivalent  to  pressing  5<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            (left), 6 (down), 7 (up), 8 (right), and 0 (fire).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Kempston<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            A Kempston joystick, read from input port 31. Note<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            that  the Options, Peripherals, Kempston interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            option must also be set for the input to be recog‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            nised.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Sinclair 1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Sinclair 2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            The `left' and `right' Sinclair joysticks, equiva‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            lent to pressing 1 (left), 2 (right), 3 (down),  4<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            (up),  and  5  (fire),  or  6 (left), 7 (right), 8<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            (down), 9 (up), and 0 (fire) respectively.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Timex 1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Timex 2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            The `left' and `right' joysticks  as  attached  to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            the  Timex 2068 variant's built-in joystick inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                            face.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              For the  real  joysticks,  it  is  also  possible  to  configure<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              (although  currently  only  when  using the GTK+ interface) what<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              effect each button on the joystick will have: this can  be  Joy‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              stick  Fire, equivalent to pressing the emulated joystick's fire<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              button, Nothing, meaning to have no effect, or any Spectrum key,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              meaning that pressing that button will be equivalent to pressing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              that Spectrum key.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Select ROMs<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              An individual dialog is available for each Spectrum variant emu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              lated  by Fuse which allows selection of the ROM(s) used by that<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              machine. Simply select the ROM you wish to use, and  then  reset<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the Spectrum for the change to take effect.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Filter...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Select  the  graphics  filter currently in use. See the GRAPHICS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              FILTERS section for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Options, Save<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If libxml2 was available when Fuse was compiled, this will cause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Fuse's  current  options  to  be written to .fuserc in your home<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              directory, from which they will be picked up again when Fuse  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              restarted.  The  best  way  to update this file is by using this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option, but it's a simple XML file and shouldn't be too hard  to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              edit by hand if you really want to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Pause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Pause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Pause  or unpause emulation. This option is available only under<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the GTK+ UI; to pause the other user interfaces, simply press F1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              to bring up the main menu.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F5<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Reset<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Reset  the  emulated Spectrum. Again, you get a chance to cancel<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              this if you're using the GTK+ UI.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Hard reset<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Reset the emulated Spectrum. A hard reset is equivalent to turn‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing  the  Spectrum's  power  off,  and  then turning it back on.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Again, you get a chance to cancel this if you're using the  GTK+<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              UI.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F9<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Select...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Choose  a  type of Spectrum to emulate. An brief overview of the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Sinclair,    Amstrad    and    Timex    can    be    found    at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.nvg.ntnu.no/sinclair/computers/zxspectrum/zxspec‐">http://www.nvg.ntnu.no/sinclair/computers/zxspectrum/zxspec‐</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              trum.htm while  more  technical  information  can  be  found  at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/reference/reference.htm,">http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/reference/reference.htm,</a>  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/reference/tmxreference.htm.">http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/reference/tmxreference.htm.</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum 16K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum 48K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The original machines as released  by  Sinclair  in  1982<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     with 16 or 48K of RAM respectively.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum 128K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The  128K machine as released by Sinclair in 1985 (Spain)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     or 1986 (UK).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum +2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The first machine released by Amstrad, in 1986.  From  an<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     emulation point of view, the +2 is virtually identical to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the 128K.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum +2A<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum +3<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The two machines released by Amstrad in 1988. Technically<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     very similar to each other, except that the +3 features a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     3" disk drive while the +2A does not.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum +3e<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     A +3 with modified ROMs allowing access to IDE hard disks<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     via  the  simple  8-bit  interface, as activated from the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Options,         Peripherals         dialog.          See<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     <a href="http://www.zxplus3e.plus.com/">http://www.zxplus3e.plus.com/</a> for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Timex TC2048<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Timex TC2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The variants of the Spectrum as released by Timex in Por‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     tugal.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Timex TS2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The variant of the Spectrum released by  Timex  in  North<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     America.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Pentagon 128K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Russian  clone of the Spectrum. There were many different<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     machines called Pentagon from 1989 to 2006, this  machine<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     corresponds to a 1991 era Pentagon-128K with the optional<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     AY sound chip and the integrated Beta 128 disk interface,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     and  is  the  version of the machine most often emulated.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     More technical details can be found at  <a href="http://www.world‐">http://www.world‐</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ofspectrum.org/rusfaq/index.html,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Pentagon 512K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Pentagon 1024K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Newer  versions  of  the Pentagon Russian Spectrum clones<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     which incorporate more memory and the "Mr Gluk Reset Ser‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     vice" ROM offering a more powerful firmware.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Scorpion ZS 256<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Another  Russian  clone of the Spectrum. Some details can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     be    found    at     <a href="http://www.worldofspectrum.org/rus‐">http://www.worldofspectrum.org/rus‐</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     faq/index.html,  like  all  the  Russian clones they they<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     have built in 3.5" disk drives, accessed via the Beta 128<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     disk  interface  and TR-DOS (the Technology Research Disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Operating System). The most  important  distinction  from<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     the  Pentagon  128k  and  similar machines is the display<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     timing details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum SE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     A recent  variant  designed  by  Andrew  Owen  and  Jarek<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     Adamski,  which  is  possibly  best thought of as a cross<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     between the 128K machine and the Timex variants, allowing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     272K  of RAM to be accessed. Some more details are avail‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     able     at     <a href="http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/refer‐">http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/refer‐</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     ence/sereference.htm.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Debugger...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start the monitor/debugger. See the MONITOR/DEBUGGER section for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              more information.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Poke Finder...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start the `poke finder'. See the POKE FINDER  section  for  more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              information.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, Memory Browser...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start  the memory browser. It should be fairly obvious what this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              does; perhaps the only thing worth noting is that  emulation  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              paused until you close the window.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Machine, NMI<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Sends  a non-maskable interrupt to the emulated Spectrum. Due to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              a typo in the standard 48K ROM, this will  cause  a  reset,  but<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              modified ROMs are available which make use of this feature. When<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the +D is emulated, this is used to access the  +D's  screenshot<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and snapshot features (see the +D EMULATION section below).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F7<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Open...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Choose a TAP or TZX virtual-tape file to load from. See the FILE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              SELECTION section below for details on how to choose  the  file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              If  Auto-load  media is set in the General Options dialog (as it<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              is by default), you may  use  the  File,  Open...   menu  option<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              instead,  and the tape will begin loading automatically.  Other‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              wise, you have to start the load in the emulated  machine  (with<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              LOAD  "" or the 128's Tape Loader option, though you may need to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              reset first).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              To guarantee that TZX  files  will  load  properly,  you  should<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              select  the  file,  make sure tape-loading traps are disabled in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the General Options dialog, then press F8 (or  do  Media,  Tape,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Play).   That  said, most TZXs will work with tape-loading traps<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              enabled (often quickly loading partway, then  loading  the  rest<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              real-time), so you might want to try it that way first.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F8<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Play<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Start  playing  the  TAP or TZX file, if required. (Choosing the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option (or pressing F8) again pauses  playback,  and  a  further<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              press  resumes).  To  explain  - if tape-loading traps have been<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              disabled (in the General Options dialog), starting  the  loading<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              process  in  the emulated machine isn't enough. You also have to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              `press play', so to speak :-), and this is how you do that.  You<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              may also need to `press play' like this in certain other circum‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              stances, e.g. TZXs containing multi-load games may have a  stop-<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the-tape request (which Fuse obeys).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Browse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Browse  through the current tape. A brief display of each of the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              data blocks on the current tape will appear, from which you  can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              select which block Fuse will play next. With the GTK+ UI, emula‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tion will continue while the browser is displayed; double-click‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing  on  a  block will select it. In the other UIs, emulation is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              paused and you can use the cursor keys and press Enter to select<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              it.  If  you  decide  you don't want to change block, just press<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Escape.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Rewind<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Rewind the current virtual tape, so it can be  read  again  from<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the beginning.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Clear<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Clear the current virtual tape. This is particularly useful when<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              you want a `clean slate' to add  newly-saved  files  to,  before<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              doing Media, Tape, Write...  (or F6).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       F6<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Write...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Write  the current virtual-tape contents to a TZX file. You will<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be prompted for a filename. The virtual-tape  contents  are  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              contents  of  the previously-loaded tape (if any has been loaded<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              since you last did a Media, Tape, Clear), followed  by  anything<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              you've saved from the emulated machine since.  These newly-saved<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              files are not written to any tape file  until  you  choose  this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option!<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Record Start<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Starts  directly recording the output from the emulated Spectrum<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              to the current virtual-tape. This is useful  when  you  want  to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              record  using  a non-standard ROM or from a custom save routine.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Most tape operations are disabled during recording. Stop record‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ing with the Media, Tape, Write...  menu option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Tape, Record Stop<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Stops the direct recording and places the new recording into the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              virtual-tape.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Virtual Microdrive images are accessible only when the Interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              I  is  active  from the Options, Peripherals menu. Note that any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              changes to the Microdrive image will not be written to the  file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              on disk until the appropriate `eject and write' option is used.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Insert New<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert  a  new  (unformatted) Microdrive cartridge into emulated<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Microdrive 1.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert an existing  Microdrive  cartridge  image  into  emulated<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Microdrive 1. You will be prompted for a filename.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Eject  the  Microdrive  image  in Microdrive 1. If the image has<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              been modified, you will be asked as  to  whether  you  want  any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              changes saved.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Eject and write...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Write  the  Microdrive image in Microdrive 1 to a file, and then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              eject the image.  You will be prompted for a filename.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Write protect, Enable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Enable the write protect tab for the image in Microdrive 1.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 1, Write protect, Disable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Disable the write protect tab for the image in Microdrive 1.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 2, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 3, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 4, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 5, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 6, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 7, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, Microdrive 8, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Equivalent options for the other emulated Microdrives.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, RS232, Plug RxD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, RS232, Unplug RxD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, RS232, Plug TxD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Interface I, RS232, Unplug TxD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Connect or disconnect a communication channels (FIFO or file) to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              use as the RS-232 TxD or RxD wire.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Virtual  floppy  disk images are accessible when emulating a +3,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              +3e, Pentagon or Scorpion, or when the Beta 128 or +D  interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              options  are  enabled  and  a machine compatible with the chosen<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              interface is selected. (See THE .DSK FORMAT, BETA 128  EMULATION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              and  +D  EMULATION  sections below for notes on the file formats<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              supported).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Once again, any changes made to a disk image will not affect the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              file which was `inserted' into the drive. If you do want to keep<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              any changes, use the appropriate `eject and write' option before<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              exiting Fuse.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive A:, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Select  a  disk-image  file  to  read/write in the +3's emulated<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              drive A:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive A:, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Deselect the disk image currently in the +3's emulated drive  A:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              -  or  from  the  emulated machine's perspective, eject it. Note<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              that any changes made to the image will not be saved.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive A:, Eject and write...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Deselect the disk image currently in the +3's drive A: and write<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the  current  state  of the disk to a file. You will be prompted<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              for a filename.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive B:, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As above, but for the +3's drive B:. Fuse emulates drive B: as a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              second 3" drive.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive B:, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As above, but for drive B:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +3, Drive B:, Eject and write<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As above, but for drive B:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Insert New<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert a new (unformatted) disk into the emulated Beta drive A:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Eject and write...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As above, but for the emulated Beta disk drive A:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Write protect, Enable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Enable the write protect tab for the image in Beta drive A:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive A:, Write protect, Disable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Disable the write protect tab for the image in Beta drive A:.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive B:, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive C:, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, Beta, Drive D:, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As  above,  but  for  the remaining emulated Beta disk interface<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              drives.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Insert New<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Eject and write...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Write protect, Enable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 1, Write protect, Disable<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Disk, +D, Drive 2, ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              As above, but for the emulated +D drives.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Cartridge, Timex Dock, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert a cartridge into the Timex 2068 dock. This will cause the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated  machine  to  be  changed  to  the TC2068 (if it wasn't<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              already a 2068 variant) and reset.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Cartridge, Timex Dock, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove the cartridge from the Timex 2068 dock. This  will  cause<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the emulated machine to be reset.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Cartridge, Interface II, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Insert  a  cartridge  into the Interface II cartridge slot. This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              will cause the emulated machine to be reset  and  the  cartridge<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              loaded.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, Cartridge, Interface II, Eject...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove  the cartridge from the Interface II cartridge slot. This<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              will cause the emulated machine to be reset.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Connect an IDE hard disk to the simple 8-bit interface's  master<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Cause  any  writes  which  have  been  done to virtual hard disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              attached to the simple 8-bit interface's master  channel  to  be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              committed  to  the real disk, such that they survive the virtual<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              disk being ejected.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Eject the virtual hard disk from the  simple  8-bit  interface's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              master  channel.  Note  that any writes to the virtual hard disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              will be lost unless the Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              option is used before the disk is ejected.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Slave, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Slave, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Slave, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The  same as the Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master entries above,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              but for the simple 8-bit interface's slave channel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Master, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Master, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Master, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Slave, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Slave, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXATASP, Slave, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The same as the Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master entries  above,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              but for the two channels of the ZXATASP interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXCF CompactFlash, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXCF CompactFlash, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, ZXCF CompactFlash, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The  same as the Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit, Master entries above,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              but for the ZXCF interface's CompactFlash slot.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Master, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Master, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Slave, Insert...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Slave, Commit<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Media, IDE, DivIDE, Eject<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The same as the Media, IDE, Simple 8-bit entries above, but  for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the two channels of the DivIDE interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Help, Keyboard picture...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Display a diagram showing the Spectrum keyboard, and the various<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              keywords that can be generated with each key from  (48K)  BASIC.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Under  the  GTK+  UI,  this will appear in a separate window and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulation continues. With the other  UIs,  the  picture  remains<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              onscreen (and the emulator paused) until you press Esc or Enter.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;KEY MAPPINGS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       When  emulating  the Spectrum, keys F1 to F10 are used as shortcuts for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       various menu items, as described above. The  alphanumeric  keys  (along<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       with  Enter and Space) are mapped as-is to the Spectrum keys. The other<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       key mappings are:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Shift  emulated as Caps Shift<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Control, Alt, and Meta<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated as Symbol Shift (most other modifiers are  also  mapped<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              to this)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Backspace<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated as Caps-0 (Delete)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Esc    emulated as Caps-1 (Edit)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Caps Lock<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated as Caps-2<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Cursor keys<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              emulated as Caps-5/6/7/8 (as appropriate)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Tab    emulated as Caps Shift-Symbol Shift (Extended Mode)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Some further punctuation keys are supported, if they exist on your key‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       board - `,', `.', `/', `;', `'', `#', `-', and `='.  These  are  mapped<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to the appropriate symbol-shifted keys on the Spectrum.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       A  list  of  keys  applicable  when using the file selection dialogs is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       given in the FILE SELECTION section below.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;DISPLAY SIZE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Some of Fuse's UIs allow resizing of the emulated  Spectrum's  display.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       For  the  window-based  ones (GTK+ and Xlib), you can resize the window<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       by, well, resizing it. :-) Exactly how this works depends on your  win‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       dow  manager;  you may have to make the window over twice the width and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       height of the original size before it actually scales up. Fuse attempts<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to  keep  the  window  `square', but with some window managers this can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       mean the window will never resize at all. If you experience this  prob‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       lem, the `&#8211;no-aspect-hint' option may help.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If  you're  using  the  SDL UI under X11, the window will automatically<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       resize to be the correct size for the graphics filter selected.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;GRAPHICS FILTERS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse has the ability to apply  essentially  arbitrary  filters  between<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       building  its  image of the Spectrum's screen, and displaying it on the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       emulating machine's monitor. These filters can be used  to  do  various<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       forms  of smoothing, emulation of TV scanlines and various other possi‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       bilities. Support for graphics filters  varies  between  the  different<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       user  interfaces, but there are two general classes: the GTK+, Xlib and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       SDL user interfaces  (and  the  saving  of  .png  screenshots)  support<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `interpolating'  filters which use a palette larger than the Spectrum's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       16 colours, while the SVGAlib user interface supports only  `non-inter‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       polating'  filters.  The  framebuffer user interface currently does not<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       support filters at all.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       A further complication arises due to the fact that the  Timex  machines<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       have their high-resolution video mode with twice the horizontal resolu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tion. To deal with this, Fuse treats these machines as having  a  `nor‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       mal'  display  size  which  is  twice  the  size of a normal Spectrum's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       screen, leading to a different set of filters being available for these<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       machines.  Note  that  any  of  the double or triple-sizing filters are<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       available for Timex machines only when using the SDL user interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The available filters, along with their short name used to select  them<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       from the command line, are:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Timex half (smoothed) (half)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Timex half (skipping) (halfskip)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Two  Timex-machine  specific filters which scale the screen down<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              to half normal (Timex) size; that is, the same size as a  normal<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Spectrum  screen. The difference between these two filters is in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              how they handle the high-resolution mode: the `smoothed' version<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              is an interpolating filter which averages pairs of adjacent pix‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              els, while the `skipping' version is a non-interpolating  filter<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              which simply drops every other pixel.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Normal (normal)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              The  simplest  filter: just display one pixel for every pixel on<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the Spectrum's screen.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Double size (2x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Scale the displayed screen up to double size.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Triple size (3x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Scale the displayed screen up to  triple  size.  Available  only<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              with  the  GTK+,  Xlib  and  SDL  user interfaces or when saving<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              screenshots of non-Timex machines.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       2xSaI (2xsai)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Super 2xSaI (super2xsai)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       SuperEagle (supereagle)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Three  interpolating  filters  which  apply  successively   more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              smoothing. All three double the size of the displayed screen.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       AdvMAME2x (advmame2x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              A  double-sizing,  non-interpolating  filter  which  attempts to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              smooth diagonal lines.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       AdvMAME3x (advmame3x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Very similar to AdvMAME2x, except that it triples  the  size  of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the displayed screen. Available only with the GTK+, Xlib and SDL<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              user  interfaces  or  when  saving  screenshots   of   non-Timex<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              machines.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       TV 2x (tv2x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       TV 3x (tv3x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Timex TV (timextv)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Three  filters which attempt to emulate the effect of television<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              scanlines. The first is a  double-sizing  filter  for  non-Timex<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              machines,  the  second  is a similar triple-sizing filter, while<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the last is a single-sizing filter for Timex machines (note that<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              this means TV 2X and Timex TV produce the same size output).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       PAL TV(paltv)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       PAL TV 2x (paltv2x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       PAL TV 3x (paltv3x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Three  filters which attempt to emulate the effect of the PAL TV<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              system which layers a lower-resolution colour image over the top<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              of  a  higher-resolution  black-and-white image. The filters can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              also optionally add scanlines like the other TV series scalers.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Dot matrix (dotmatrix)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              A double-sizing filter which emulates the effect of a dot-matrix<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              display.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Timex 1.5x (timex15x)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              An  interpolating  Timex-specific  filter which scales the Timex<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              screen up to 1.5x its usual size (which is therefore 3x the size<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              of  a `normal' Spectrum screen). Available only for the GTK+ and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              SDL user interfaces or when saving screenshots.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;THE EMULATED SPECTRUM<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The emulated Spectrum is, by default, an unmodified 48K Spectrum with a<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tape  player  and  ZX Printer attached. Oh, and apparently some magical<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       snapshot load/save machine which is probably best glossed over for  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       sake of the analogy. :-)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       To  emulate  different kinds of Spectrum, select the Machine, Select...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       menu option, or press F9.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The Spectrum emulation is paused when any dialogs appear. In the widget<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       UI, it's also paused when menus or the keyboard picture are displayed.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;PRINTER EMULATION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The  various  models  of  Spectrum supported a range of ways to connect<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       printers, three of which are supported by Fuse. Different printers  are<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       made available for the different models:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       16, 48, TC2048, TC2068, TS2068<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ZX Printer<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       128/+2/Pentagon<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Serial printer (text-only)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       +2A, +3<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Parallel printer (text-only)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If  +D  emulation is in use and printer emulation is enabled, text-only<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       emulation of the +D's parallel printer interface is provided.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Any printout is appended to one (or both) of two  files,  depending  on<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the printer - these default to printout.txt for text output, and print‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       out.pbm for graphics (PBM images are supported by  most  image  viewers<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and  converters).  These  names  can be changed with the &#8211;textfile and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &#8211;graphicsfile options from the command  line  or  configuration  file.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       While the ZX Printer can only output graphically, simulated text output<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       is generated at the same time using a crude sort of OCR  based  on  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       current character set (a bit like using SCREEN$). There is currently no<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       support for graphics when using the serial/parallel output, though  any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       escape codes used will be `printed' faithfully. (!)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       By  the  way, it's not a good idea to modify the printout.pbm file out‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       side of Fuse if you want to continue appending to it. The header  needs<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to  have  a certain layout for Fuse to be able to continue appending to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       it correctly, and the file will be overwritten if it can't be  appended<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;ZXATASP AND ZXCF<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The  ZXATASP  and  ZXCF interfaces are two peripherals designed by Sami<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Vehmaa which significantly extend the  capabilities  of  the  Spectrum.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       More   details   on   both   are   available   from   Sami's  homepage,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       <a href="http://user.tninet.se/~vjz762w/,">http://user.tninet.se/~vjz762w/,</a> but a brief overview is given here.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The real ZXATASP comes with either 128K or 512K of RAM and the  ability<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to  connect  an  IDE hard disks and a CompactFlash card, while the ZXCF<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       comes with 128K, 512K or 1024K of RAM and the ability to connect a Com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       pactFlash card. From an emulation point of view, the two interfaces are<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       actually very similar as a CompactFlash card is logically just  an  IDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       hard  disk.  Currently, Fuse's emulation is fixed at having 512K of RAM<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       in the ZXATASP and 1024K in the ZXCF.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       To activate the ZXATASP, simply select  the  ZXATASP  interface  option<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       from  the  Options, Peripherals...  dialog. The state of the upload and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       write protect jumpers is then controlled  by  the  ZXATASP  upload  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ZXATASP write protect options. Similarly, the ZXCF is controlled by the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ZXCF interface and ZXCF upload options (the ZXCF write protect is soft‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ware controlled).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If  you're  using either the ZXATASP or ZXCF, you almost certainly want<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to investigate ResiDOS, the operating system designed for use with  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ZXATASP  and ZXCF. ResiDOS provides facilities for using the extra RAM,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       accessing the mass storage devices and a task manager  allowing  virtu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ally   instant   switching   between  programs  on  the  Spectrum.  See<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       <a href="http://www.zxplus3e.plus.com/residos/index.html">http://www.zxplus3e.plus.com/residos/index.html</a> for more details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;DIVIDE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The DivIDE is another IDE interface for the  Spectrum,  of  which  full<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       details  can be found at <a href="http://baze.au.com/divide/.">http://baze.au.com/divide/.</a>  The interface can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       be activated via the DivIDE interface option from the Options,  Periph‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       erals...   dialog, and the state of its write protect jumper controlled<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       via the DivIDE write protect option.  If you're going to be  using  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       DivIDE,  you'll  probably  want one of the firmwares available from the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       DivIDE homepage.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;FILE SELECTION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The way you select a file (whether snapshot or tape  file)  depends  on<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       which  UI  you're  using.  So  firstly, here's how to use the GTK+ file<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       selector.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The selector shows the directories and files in the  current  directory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       in  two  separate  subwindows.  If either list is too big to fit in the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       window, you can use the scrollbar to see  the  rest  (by  dragging  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       slider,  for  example),  or you can use Shift-Tab (to move the keyboard<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       focus to a subwindow) and use the cursor keys.   To  change  directory,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       double-click it.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       To  choose  a  file to load you can either double-click it, or click it<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       then click Ok.  Or click Cancel to abort.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If you're using the keyboard, probably  the  easiest  way  to  use  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       selector  is to just ignore it and type in the name. This isn't as irk‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       some as it sounds, since the filename input box has filename completion<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       -  type  part  of  a directory or file name, then press Tab.  It should<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       complete it. If it was a directory, it moves to that directory; if  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       completion was ambiguous, it completes as much as possible, and narrows<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the filenames shown to those which match. You should press  Enter  when<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       you've finished typing the filename, or Esc to abort.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Now,  if you're using the widget UI - the one using the Spectrum font -<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the selector works a bit differently. The files and directories are all<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       listed in a single two-column-wide window (the directories are shown at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the top, ending in `/') -  the  names  may  be  truncated  onscreen  if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       they're too long to fit.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       To move the cursor, you can either use the cursor keys, or the Spectrum<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       equivalents 5/6/7/8, or (similarly) h/j/k/l. For faster  movement,  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Page  Up, Page Down, Home, and End keys are supported and do what you'd<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       expect. To select a file or directory, press Enter.   To  abort,  press<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Esc.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       With  both selectors, do bear in mind that all files are shown, whether<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse would be able to load them or not.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;MONITOR/DEBUGGER<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Firstly, note that the vast majority of this section  applies  only  if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       you're using the GTK+ user interface; if you're using one of the widget<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       user interfaces, you'll get a very basic monitor which shows  the  cur‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       rent values of the registers and allows you to single step through exe‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       cution or continue.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If you are using the GTK+ user interface, Fuse  features  a  moderately<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       powerful,  completely  transparent monitor/debugger, which can be acti‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       vated via the Machine, Debugger ...  menu  option.  A  debugger  window<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       will  appear,  showing  the  current state of the emulated machine: the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       top-left `pane' shows the current state of the Z80 and the  last  bytes<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       written  to  any  emulated  peripherals. The bottom-left pane lists any<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       active breakpoints. Moving right, the next pane shows where  the  Spec‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       trum's  64K  memory  map  (the `W?'  and `C?'  indicate whether each 8K<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       chunk is writable or contended respectively), and the next a  disassem‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       bly,  which  by default starts at the current program counter, although<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       this can be modified either by the `disassemble' command (see below) or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       by  dragging  the scrollbar next to it. The next pane shows the current<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       stack, and the final pane any `events' which are due to occur and could<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       affect  emulation. Any of these panes can be removed by use of the View<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       menu. Below the displays are an entry box for  debugger  commands,  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       five buttons for controlling the debugger:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Evaluate<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Evaluate the command currently in the entry box.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Single Step<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Run precisely one Z80 opcode and then stop emulation again.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Continue<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Restart emulation, but leave the debugger window open. Note that<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the debugger window will not be updated while emulation is  run‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ning.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Break<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Stop emulation and return to the debugger.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Close<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Close the debugger window and restart emulation.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Double-clicking  on  an entry in the stack pane will cause emulation to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       run until the program counter reaches the value stored at that address,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       while  double-clicking on an entry in the `events' pane will cause emu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       lation to run until that time is reached.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The main power of the debugger is via the  commands  entered  into  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       entry box, which are similar in nature (but definitely not identical to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       or as powerful as) to those in gdb(1).  In  general,  the  debugger  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       case-insensitive,  and  numbers  will be interpreted as decimal, unless<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       prefixed by either `0x' or `$' when they will be  interpreted  as  hex.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Each command can be abbreviated to the portion not in curly braces.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ba{se} number<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Change  the debugger window to displaying output in base number.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Available values are 10 (decimal) or 16 (hex).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       br{eakpoint} [address] [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set a breakpoint to stop emulation and return  to  the  debugger<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              whenever  an  opcode is executed at address and condition evalu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ates true. If address is omitted, it  defaults  to  the  current<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              value of PC.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       br{eakpoint} p{ort} (r{ead}|w{rite}) port [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set  a  breakpoint to trigger whenever IO port port is read from<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              or written to and condition evaluates true.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       br{eakpoint} (r{ead}|w{rite}) [address] [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set a breakpoint to trigger whenever memory location address  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              read  from  (other  than  via an opcode fetch) or written to and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              condition evaluates true.  Address again defaults to the current<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              value of PC if omitted.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       br{eakpoint} ti{me} time [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set  a  breakpoint  to occur time tstates after the start of the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              every frame,  assuming  condition  evaluates  true  (if  one  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              given).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       br{eakpoint} ev{ent} area:detail [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set   a   breakpoint  to  occur  when  the  event  specified  by<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              area:detail occurs and condition evaluates to true.  The  events<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              which can be caught are:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              divide:page<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              divide:unpage<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The  DivIDE  interface  is  paged  into  or out of memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     respectively<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              if1:page<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              if1:unpage<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The Interface 1 shadow ROM is paged into or out of memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              rzx:end<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     An RZX recording finishes playing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tape:play<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tape:stop<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The emulated tape starts or stops playing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              zxcf:page<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              zxcf:unpage<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The ZXCF interface is paged into or out of memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              zxatasp:page<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              zxatasp:unpage<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;                     The ZXATASP interface is paged into or out of memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              In all cases, the event can be specified as area:* to catch  all<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              events from that area.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       cl{ear} [address]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove  all breakpoints at address or the current value of PC if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              address is omitted. Port read/write breakpoints are unaffected.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       com{mmands} id &lt;newline&gt;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &lt;debugger command&gt; &lt;newline&gt;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       &lt;debugger command&gt; &lt;newline&gt;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ...<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       end<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set things such that the specified  debugger  commands  will  be<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              automatically executed when breakpoint id is triggered. There is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              currently no user interface  for  entering  multi-line  debugger<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              commands, so the only way to specify this command is on the com‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              mand-line via the &#8211;debugger-command option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       cond{ition} id [condition]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set breakpoint id to trigger only when  condition  is  true,  or<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              unconditionally if condition is omitted.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       co{ntinue}<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Equivalent to the Continue button.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       del{ete} [id]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove breakpoint id, or all breakpoints if id is omitted.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       di{sassemble} address<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set the centre panel disassembly to begin at address.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ex{it}<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Exit the emulator immediately.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       fi{nish}<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Exit from the current CALL or equivalent. This isn't infallible:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              it works by setting a temporary breakpoint at the  current  con‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tents  of  the  stack pointer, so will not function correctly if<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the code returns to some other point or plays with its stack  in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              other  ways. Also, setting this breakpoint doesn't disable other<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              breakpoints, which may trigger before this one.  In  that  case,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the temporary breakpoint remains, and the `continue' command can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be used to return to it.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       i{gnore} id count<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Do not trigger the next count times  that  breakpoint  id  would<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              have triggered.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       n{ext}<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Step  to the opcode following the current one. As with the `fin‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              ish' command, this works by setting a  temporary  breakpoint  at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              the next opcode, so is not infallible.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       o{ut} port value<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Write value to IO port port.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       pr{int} expression<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Print the value of expression to standard output.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       se{t} address value<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Poke value into memory at address.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       se{t} register value<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set the value of the Z80 register register to value.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       se{t} $variable value<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Set the value of the debugger variable variable to value.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       s{tep}<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Equivalent to the Single Step button.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       t{breakpoint} [options]<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              This  is  the  same  as  the `breakpoint' command in its various<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              forms, except that that breakpoint is temporary: it will trigger<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              once and once only, and then be removed.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Addresses  can  be  specified  in  one of two forms: either an absolute<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       addresses, specified by an integer in the range 0x0000 to 0xFFFF or  as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       a  `page:offset'  combination,  which refers to a location offset bytes<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       into into memory bank page, independent of where that bank is currently<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       paged  into memory. RAM pages are indicated simply by an integer, while<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ROMs are prefixed by `R' (e.g. offset 0x1234 in ROM 1 is  specified  as<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `R1:0x1234').   Pages  selected  via  the /ROMCS line are prefixed with<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `C', while the Timex Dock and Exrom use prefixes `D'  and  `X'  respec‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tively.  The  48K machines are treated as having a permanent mapping of<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       page 5 at 0x4000, page 2 at 0x8000 and page 0 at 0xC000; the 16K  Spec‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       trum  is  treated  as having page 5 at 0x4000 and no page at 0x8000 and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       0xC000.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Anywhere the debugger is expecting a numeric  value,  except  where  it<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       expects  a  breakpoint  id,  you  can instead use a numeric expression,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       which uses a restricted version of C's syntax; exactly the same  syntax<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       is used for conditional breakpoints, with `0' being false and any other<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       value being true. In numeric expressions, you can use integer constants<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       (all  calculations  are done in integers), register names (which simply<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       evaluate to the value of the register), debugger  variables,  parenthe‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ses,  the standard four numeric operations (`+', `-', `*' and `/'), the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       (non-)equality operators `==' and `!=', the comparison  operators  `&gt;',<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `&lt;',  `&gt;=' and `&lt;=', bitwise and (`&amp;'), or (`|') and exclusive or (`^')<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and logical and (`&amp;&amp;') and or (`||').<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;THE POKE FINDER<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The `poke finder' is a tool which is designed to make the task of find‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ing  (infinite  lives etc.) pokes for games a bit easier: it is similar<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to the `Lifeguard' utility which was available for use with the  Multi‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       face.  It works by maintaining a list of locations in which the current<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       number of lives (etc.) may be stored, and having the ability to  remove<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       from that list any locations which don't contain a specified value.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The  poke  finder dialog contains an entry box for specifying the value<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       to be searched for, a count of the current number of possible locations<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and, if there are less than 20 possible locations, a list of the possi‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ble locations (in `page:offset' format). The five buttons act  as  fol‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       lows:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Incremented<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove  from  the list of possible locations all addresses which<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              have not been incremented since the last search.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Decremented<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove from the list of possible locations all  addresses  which<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              have not been decremented since the last search.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Search<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Remove  from  the list of possible locations all addresses which<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              do not contain the value specified in the `Search for' field.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Reset<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Reset the poke finder so that all locations are considered  pos‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              sible.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Close<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Close  the  dialog.  Note  that  this does not reset the current<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              state of the poke finder.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Double-clicking on an entry in the  list  of  possible  locations  will<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       cause a breakpoint to be set to trigger whenever that location is writ‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ten to.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       An example of how to use this may make things a bit clearer. We'll  use<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the  128K  version  of  Gryzor.  Load the game, define keys to suit and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       start playing. Immediately pause the game and bring up the poke  finder<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       dialog.  We  note that we currently have 6 lives, so enter `6' into the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `Search for' field and click `Search'. This reduces the number of  pos‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       sible  locations to around 931 (you may get a slightly different number<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       depending on exactly when you paused the game). Play along  a  bit  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       then (deliberately) lose a life. Pause the game again. As we now have 5<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       lives, replace the `6' in the 'Search for' field with a `5'  and  click<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `Search'  again.  This  then  reduces the list of possible locations to<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       just one: page 2, offset 0x00BC. This is the only  location  in  memory<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       which  stored  `6'  when we had 6 lives and `5' when we had 5 lives, so<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       its pretty likely that this is where the lives count is stored. Double-<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       clicking on the `2:0x00BC' entry in the dialog will set the appropriate<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       breakpoint (you may wish to open the debugger at this point to  confirm<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       this).  Play  along a bit more. When you next lose a life, emulation is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       stopped with PC at 0x91CD. Scrolling up a few addresses in  the  debug‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ger's  disassembly pane shows a value was loaded from 0x80BC (our hypo‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       thetical lives counter), decremented and then stored again  to  0x80BC,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       which  looks  very much like the code to reduce the number of lives. We<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       can now use the debugger to replace the  decrement  with  a  NOP  (`set<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       0x91c9 0'), and playing the game some more after this reveals that this<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       has worked and we now have infinite lives.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;THE .DSK FORMAT<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       In general, disk images for the +3 Spectrum are thought of as being  in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       DSK  format.  However,  this  is actually an slight oversimplification;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       there in in fact two similar, but not identical, DSK formats. (The dif‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ference  can  be seen by doing `head -1 dskfile': one format will start<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `MV - CPCEMU' and the other will start `EXTENDED').<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse supports both the `CPCEMU' and `EXTENDED' formats.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;BETA 128 EMULATION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse supports .SCL and .TRD images in its Pentagon and Scorpion  emula‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tion,  and  also  under 128K and +2 (but not +2A) emulation if the Beta<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       128 interface  option  from  the  Options,  Peripherals...   dialog  is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       enabled.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;+D EMULATION<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse  supports  .MGT  and  .IMG  images  in  its +D emulation. The +D's<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       printer port is emulated. (See the PRINTER EMULATION section  for  more<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       details.)  The +D may only be used with 48K, 128K and +2 (not +2A) emu‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       lation.  To access disks, load G+DOS, by inserting  a  disk  containing<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the  DOS  file  (+SYS) and entering "RUN".  Once DOS is loaded, you can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       load to/from +D disks by prefixing filenames with `dn' where `n' is the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       number  of the drive in use.  For example, `LOAD d1"myfile"' would load<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the file named `myfile' from the emulated drive 1.   Microdrive  syntax<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       may also be used.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       To  save  a  snapshot,  choose the `Machine, NMI' menu option, and then<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       press `4' to save a 48K snapshot, or `5' to save a 128K snapshot.  When<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       saving  a 128K snapshot, you must then press Y or N to indicate whether<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the screen changed while saving the snapshot, to  finish  saving.   You<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       can  also choose `3' to save a screenshot to disk.  Options `1' and `2'<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       allow screenshots to be printed (in monochrome) if printer emulation is<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       enabled.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;DISK FILE FORMATS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse  supports several disk image formats in its +D and Beta 128 emula‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tion.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       For reading:<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .UDI<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Ultra    Disk    Image;    for    specification    please    see<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://zxmak.narod.ru/docs.htm">http://zxmak.narod.ru/docs.htm</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              This  is  the only image format which can store all the relevant<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              information of the recorded data on a magnetic disk, so  it  can<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              be  used  for  any  non standard disk format. Fuse can store and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              read not just MFM but FM formatted disk data in/from  this  con‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              tainer.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .FDI<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              UKV Spectrum Debugger disk image format.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .MGT .IMG<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              DISCiPLE/+D file formats.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .SAD .SDF<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              For  compatibility  with  SAM Coupé disk images using these for‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              mats.  Note that SAM Coupé `.DSK' images share the  same  format<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              as `.MGT'.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .TRD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              TR-DOS   disk   image;   for  detailed  information  please  see<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.retroplay.com/Mecenate/ramsoft/tr-info.zip">http://www.retroplay.com/Mecenate/ramsoft/tr-info.zip</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .SCL<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              A simple archive format for TR-DOS disk files.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .TD0<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              Teledisk image format; Fuse supports only files not created with<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              "Advanced    Compression".   Detailed   description   found   in<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.classiccmp.org/dunfield/img/td0notes.txt">http://www.classiccmp.org/dunfield/img/td0notes.txt</a>          and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.fpns.net/willy/wteledsk.htm">http://www.fpns.net/willy/wteledsk.htm</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .DSK<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              CPC  disk  image format; Fuse supports the plain old and the new<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              extended CPC format too. Further information please see the  THE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              .DSK   FORMAT  section  and  the  CPCEMU  manual  section  7.7.1<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;              <a href="http://www.cpc-emu.org/linux/cpcemu_e.txt">http://www.cpc-emu.org/linux/cpcemu_e.txt</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fuse supports most of them for writing: .UDI .FDI .MGT .IMG  .SAD  .TRD<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       .SCL .DSK (only the old CPC format).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       You can save disk images with any output format, just select the appro‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       priate extension. (e.g.  ` elite3.udi ' to save as an UDI  file)  There<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       is  a .LOG ` image ' format for debugging purpose. This is a plain text<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       file contains three dump of the loaded disk image at different details.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Not  all image format can store all disk image.  You cannot save a disk<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       image with an inappropriate format that loses  some  information  (e.g.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       variable track length or sector length).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;COMPRESSED FILES<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Assuming  the  appropriate libraries were available when libspectrum(3)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       was compiled, snapshots, tape images, dock cartridges and input record‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ing  files  can  be read from files compressed with bzip2(3) or gzip(3)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       just as if they were uncompressed.  There is currently no  support  for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       reading compressed +3, +D or Beta disk images.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;BUGS<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Selecting  a  startup filter doesn't work properly with user interfaces<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       other than SDL.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Attempting to replay an RZX file without an embedded snapshot from  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       command-line doesn't work if you do `./fuse rzxfile snapshot'.  `./fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       snapshot rzxfile' does work though, so use that instead.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Changing virtual consoles  when  using  SVGAlib  for  joystick  support<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       causes  Fuse  to  exit.  If  this  is  a problem, compile Fuse with the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       `&#8211;disable-ui-joystick' option.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The poke finder can't search outside `normal' RAM.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Using the Options, Joysticks, Joystick  1...   or  Options,  Joysticks,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Joystick  2...   options under GTK+ 2.x produces a large number of GTK+<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       critical warnings. This is a GTK+ bug (#144427), which is fixed in GTK+<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       2.4.4.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The  libao  file output devices not work properly with the GTK+ UI.  No<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       error reporting, but the created file does not contain any sound  data.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       If  you  use a `weak' machine alsa09 makes a lot of clicks and pops and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       will output `ALSA: underrun, at least 0ms.'  error messages.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;FILES<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ~/.fuserc<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;SEE ALSO<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       bzip2(3), fuse-utils(1), gzip(3), libspectrum(3), ogg123(1), xspect(1),<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       xzx(1)<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       The comp.sys.sinclair Spectrum FAQ, at<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       <a href="http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/index.html.">http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/index.html.</a><li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;AUTHOR<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Philip Kendall (philip-fuse@shadowmagic.org.uk).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Matan  Ziv-Av  wrote the SVGAlib and framebuffer UIs, the glib replace‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ment code, and did some work on the OSS-specific  sound  code  and  the<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       original widget UI code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Russell  Marks  wrote  the sound emulation and OSS-specific sound code,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       the joystick emulation, some of the printer code, and the original ver‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       sion of this man page.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       John  Elliott's  lib765 and libdsk libraries were used for the original<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       +3 disk and disk image support.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Ian Collier wrote the ZX Printer emulation (for xz80).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Darren Salt wrote the original versions of the code for  +3  emulation,<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       SLT support, MITSHM support (for the Xlib UI), TZX raw data blocks, RZX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       embedded snapshots and compression, the Kempston  mouse  emulation  and<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       made many improvements to the widget code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Alexander Yurchenko wrote the OpenBSD/Solaris-specific sound code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Fredrick  Meunier  wrote  the  TC2048, TS2068, Pentagon and Spectrum SE<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       support, the CoreAudio sound code, as well as maintaining the OS X port<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       and importing the graphics filter code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Ludvig  Strigeus  and  The  ScummVM project wrote the original graphics<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       filter code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Dmitry Sanarin wrote the original Beta disk  interface  emulation  (for<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Glukalka).<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Witold Filipczyk wrote the TC2068 support.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Matthew Westcott wrote the AY logging code and the DivIDE emulation.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Marek  Januszewski  wrote  various bits of code to make Fuse work under<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Win32, including the DirectDraw user interface.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Stuart Brady wrote the +D emulation, Scorpion emulation and  the  HP-UX<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       sound code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Garry  Lancaster wrote the 8-bit IDE, ZXATASP and ZXCF interface emula‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       tions.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       Gergely Szasz wrote the Interface I and Microdrive emulation,  the  PAL<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       TV  scalers,  the TV 3x scaler, the movie logging code, the libao sound<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       code, the upd765 disk controller used in the +3 and made many  improve‐<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;       ments to the widget code.<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;Version 0.10.0.2              14th January, 2009                       fuse(1) </ol></fieldset></p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22179</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22179</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:05:01 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; Хранение в текстовой базе выглядит ещё более убого. Особенно на фоне отсутствия альтернатив.</p><p>А что, не бывает баз, поддерживающих двоичные блобы?</p>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
<title>Re: Когда ж вы, бесенята, про mpd узнаете!</title>
<link>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22178</link>
<guid>https://rulinux.net/message.php?newsid=3846&amp;page=2#22178</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2009 09:03:44 +0400</pubDate>
<description><![CDATA[<p style="font-style:italic">&gt; man fuse, нуб.
<fieldset style="border: 1px dashed black; padding:0px;"><ol style="background-color:#3d3d3d;" start="1">$ man fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;No manual entry for fuse<li style="background-color:#000000; padding-left: 5px; color: gray">&nbsp;</ol></fieldset></p><p>Что ты хотел сказать про фьюз? Каким боком он имеет какое-то отношение к базам данных?
</p>]]></description>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>